|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
359
|
19 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
22
|
|
7
|
23 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
24 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
28 */
|
|
|
29 int
|
|
|
30 virtual_active()
|
|
|
31 {
|
|
|
32 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
33 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
34 * being used. */
|
|
|
35 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
36 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
37 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
38 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
39 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
40 # endif
|
|
|
41 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 /*
|
|
|
45 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
46 */
|
|
|
47 int
|
|
|
48 getviscol()
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
53 return (int)x;
|
|
|
54 }
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /*
|
|
|
57 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
58 */
|
|
|
59 int
|
|
|
60 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
61 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
62 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
63 {
|
|
|
64 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
65 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
68 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
69 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
70 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
71 return (int)x;
|
|
|
72 }
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 /*
|
|
|
75 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as neccessary to get the
|
|
|
76 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
77 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 int
|
|
|
80 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
81 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 else
|
|
|
88 {
|
|
|
89 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
90 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
91 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
92 }
|
|
|
93 return rc;
|
|
|
94 }
|
|
|
95 #endif
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /*
|
|
|
98 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
99 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
100 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
101 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
102 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
103 *
|
|
|
104 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
105 */
|
|
|
106 int
|
|
|
107 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
108 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
109 {
|
|
|
110 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
113 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
114 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
115 {
|
|
44
|
116 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
117 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
118 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
119 }
|
|
|
120 return rc;
|
|
|
121 }
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
125 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
126 */
|
|
|
127 int
|
|
|
128 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
129 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
130 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
133 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
134 }
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static int
|
|
|
137 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
138 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
139 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
|
140 int finetune; /* change char offset for the excact column */
|
|
|
141 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
142 {
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144 int idx;
|
|
|
145 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
146 char_u *line;
|
|
|
147 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
148 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
149 int one_more;
|
|
|
150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
151 int head = 0;
|
|
|
152 #endif
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 one_more = (State & INSERT) || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
|
155 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
156 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
157 #endif
|
|
|
158 ;
|
|
|
159 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
161 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
162 {
|
|
|
163 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
164 col = wcol;
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
167 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
168 {
|
|
|
169 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
170 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
171 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 #endif
|
|
|
174 }
|
|
|
175 else
|
|
|
176 {
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
178 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
179
|
|
620
|
180 if (finetune
|
|
7
|
181 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
182 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
183 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
184 # endif
|
|
|
185 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
186 {
|
|
|
187 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
188 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
189 csize--;
|
|
|
190
|
|
620
|
191 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width
|
|
|
192 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1))
|
|
7
|
193 {
|
|
|
194 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
620
|
195 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond
|
|
|
196 * the last character (like what happens when typing and
|
|
|
197 * reaching the right window edge). */
|
|
7
|
198 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
199 }
|
|
|
200 }
|
|
|
201 #endif
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 idx = -1;
|
|
|
204 ptr = line;
|
|
|
205 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
206 {
|
|
|
207 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
208 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
209 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
210 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
211 #else
|
|
|
212 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
213 #endif
|
|
|
214 col += csize;
|
|
|
215 }
|
|
|
216 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
217 /*
|
|
|
218 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
219 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
220 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
221 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
222 */
|
|
|
223 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
224 {
|
|
|
225 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
226 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
227 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
228 csize -= head;
|
|
|
229 # endif
|
|
|
230 col -= csize;
|
|
|
231 }
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
234 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
235 && addspaces
|
|
|
236 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
237 {
|
|
|
238 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
239 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
242 {
|
|
|
243 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
244 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
245 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
246 int t;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
249 return FAIL;
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
252 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
255 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
257 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
259 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
260 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
261 idx += correct;
|
|
|
262 col = wcol;
|
|
|
263 }
|
|
|
264 else
|
|
|
265 {
|
|
|
266 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
267 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
268 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
|
269 char_u *newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
270 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
271 int v;
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 /*
|
|
|
274 * break a tab
|
|
|
275 */
|
|
|
276 if (newline == NULL || -correct > csize)
|
|
|
277 return FAIL;
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
282 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
283 else
|
|
|
284 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
285 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
286 }
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
290 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
291 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
292 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
293 col += correct;
|
|
|
294 }
|
|
|
295 }
|
|
|
296 #endif
|
|
|
297 }
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
299 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
300 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
301 else
|
|
|
302 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
305 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 if (finetune)
|
|
|
308 {
|
|
|
309 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
310 {
|
|
|
311 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
312 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
313 {
|
|
|
314 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
316 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
317 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
318 }
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 else
|
|
|
321 {
|
|
|
322 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
324 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
325 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
326 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 col += b;
|
|
|
329 }
|
|
|
330 }
|
|
|
331 #endif
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
334 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
335 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
336 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
337 #endif
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
340 return FAIL;
|
|
|
341 return OK;
|
|
|
342 }
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 /*
|
|
|
345 * inc(p)
|
|
|
346 *
|
|
|
347 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
348 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
349 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
350 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
351 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
352 */
|
|
|
353 int
|
|
|
354 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 int
|
|
|
360 inc(lp)
|
|
|
361 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
362 {
|
|
|
363 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
|
367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
368 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
369 {
|
|
474
|
370 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
371
|
|
|
372 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
373 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
374 }
|
|
|
375 #endif
|
|
|
376 lp->col++;
|
|
|
377 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
378 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
379 #endif
|
|
|
380 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
383 {
|
|
|
384 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
385 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
386 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
387 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
388 #endif
|
|
|
389 return 1;
|
|
|
390 }
|
|
|
391 return -1;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
394 /*
|
|
|
395 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
396 */
|
|
|
397 int
|
|
|
398 incl(lp)
|
|
|
399 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
400 {
|
|
|
401 int r;
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
403 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
404 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
405 return r;
|
|
|
406 }
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
408 /*
|
|
|
409 * dec(p)
|
|
|
410 *
|
|
|
411 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
412 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
413 */
|
|
|
414 int
|
|
|
415 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
416 {
|
|
|
417 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 int
|
|
|
421 dec(lp)
|
|
|
422 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
423 {
|
|
|
424 char_u *p;
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
426 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
427 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
|
429 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 lp->col--;
|
|
|
432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
433 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
434 {
|
|
|
435 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
436 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
437 }
|
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
|
439 return 0;
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
442 {
|
|
|
443 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
444 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
445 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
447 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
448 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
449 #endif
|
|
|
450 return 1;
|
|
|
451 }
|
|
|
452 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 /*
|
|
|
456 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
457 */
|
|
|
458 int
|
|
|
459 decl(lp)
|
|
|
460 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
461 {
|
|
|
462 int r;
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
465 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
466 return r;
|
|
|
467 }
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
469 /*
|
|
|
470 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
471 */
|
|
|
472 void
|
|
|
473 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
474 {
|
|
|
475 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
476 {
|
|
|
477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
478 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
479 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
480 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
481 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
482 #endif
|
|
|
483 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
484 }
|
|
|
485 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
486 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 /*
|
|
|
490 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
491 */
|
|
|
492 void
|
|
|
493 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
496 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
497 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
498 #endif
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
501 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
502 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
503 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
504 {
|
|
|
505 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
506 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
620
|
507 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit
|
|
7
|
508 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
509 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
510 #endif
|
|
|
511 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
512 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
513 else
|
|
|
514 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
517 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
518 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
519 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
520 * line. */
|
|
|
521 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
522 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
523 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
524 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526 }
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 /*
|
|
|
529 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
530 */
|
|
|
531 void
|
|
|
532 check_cursor()
|
|
|
533 {
|
|
|
534 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
535 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
539 /*
|
|
|
540 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
541 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
542 */
|
|
|
543 void
|
|
|
544 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
545 {
|
|
|
546 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
547 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
548 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
549 # endif
|
|
|
550 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
551 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
552 }
|
|
|
553 #endif
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
557 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
558 */
|
|
|
559 int
|
|
|
560 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
561 {
|
|
|
562 long lastcol;
|
|
|
563 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
564 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
566 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
567 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
568 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
572 * character.
|
|
|
573 */
|
|
|
574 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
575 {
|
|
|
576 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
577 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
580 {
|
|
|
581 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
582 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
583 }
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 /*
|
|
|
586 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
587 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
588 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
589 */
|
|
|
590 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
591 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
594 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
599 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
600 {
|
|
|
601 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
602 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
603 }
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 if (retval)
|
|
|
607 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
608 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
609 return retval;
|
|
|
610 }
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
613 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
614 */
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
618 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
619 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
620 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
621 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
622 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
623 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
624 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
625 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
628 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
629 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
630 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 static void
|
|
|
633 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
634 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
635 {
|
|
|
636 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 static void
|
|
|
640 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
641 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
642 {
|
|
|
643 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 static void
|
|
|
647 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
648 void **pp;
|
|
|
649 size_t size;
|
|
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
652 return;
|
|
|
653 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
654 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
655 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
656 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
657 else
|
|
|
658 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
659 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
660 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
661 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
662 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
663 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
664 }
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
666 static void
|
|
|
667 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
668 void **pp;
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 long_u size;
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
672 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
673 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
674 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
675 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
676 else
|
|
|
677 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
678 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
679 num_freed++;
|
|
|
680 }
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 /*
|
|
|
683 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
684 */
|
|
|
685 void
|
|
|
686 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
687 {
|
|
|
688 int i, j;
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
691 j = 0;
|
|
|
692 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
693 {
|
|
|
694 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
695 {
|
|
|
696 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
697 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
698 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
699 j++;
|
|
|
700 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
701 {
|
|
|
702 j = 0;
|
|
|
703 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
704 }
|
|
|
705 }
|
|
|
706 }
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
708 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
709 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
710 {
|
|
|
711 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
712 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
713 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
714 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
715 }
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
718 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
719 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
720 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
721 }
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 /*
|
|
|
726 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
727 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
728 */
|
|
|
729 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
730 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
731 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
732 #else
|
|
|
733 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
734 #endif
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 /*
|
|
|
737 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
738 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
739 */
|
|
|
740 char_u *
|
|
|
741 alloc(size)
|
|
|
742 unsigned size;
|
|
|
743 {
|
|
|
744 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 /*
|
|
|
748 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
749 */
|
|
|
750 char_u *
|
|
|
751 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
752 unsigned size;
|
|
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 char_u *p;
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
756 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
757 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
758 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
759 return p;
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 /*
|
|
|
763 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
764 */
|
|
|
765 char_u *
|
|
|
766 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
767 unsigned size;
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
770 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
771 {
|
|
|
772 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
773 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
774 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
775 return NULL;
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
|
777 #endif
|
|
|
778 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
779 }
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 /*
|
|
|
782 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
783 */
|
|
|
784 char_u *
|
|
|
785 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
786 long_u size;
|
|
|
787 int message;
|
|
|
788 {
|
|
|
789 char_u *p;
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
792 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
793 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
794 return p;
|
|
|
795 }
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 /*
|
|
|
798 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
799 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
800 */
|
|
|
801 char_u *
|
|
|
802 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
803 long_u size;
|
|
|
804 int message;
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
807 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
808 int try_again;
|
|
|
809 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
810 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
811 #endif
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
813 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
814 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
817 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
818 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
819 return NULL;
|
|
|
820 }
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
823 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
827 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
828 p = NULL;
|
|
|
829 else
|
|
|
830 #endif
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 /*
|
|
|
833 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
834 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
835 */
|
|
|
836 for (;;)
|
|
|
837 {
|
|
|
838 /*
|
|
|
839 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
840 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
841 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
842 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
843 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
844 */
|
|
|
845 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
|
847 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
848 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
849 goto theend;
|
|
|
850 #else
|
|
|
851 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
852 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
853 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
854 allocated += size;
|
|
|
855 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
856 goto theend;
|
|
|
857 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
858 # endif
|
|
|
859 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
860 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
861 {
|
|
|
862 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
863 p = NULL;
|
|
|
864 }
|
|
|
865 else
|
|
|
866 goto theend;
|
|
|
867 #endif
|
|
|
868 }
|
|
|
869 /*
|
|
|
870 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
871 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
872 */
|
|
|
873 if (releasing)
|
|
|
874 break;
|
|
|
875 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
876
|
|
|
877 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
|
878 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */
|
|
370
|
879 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
448
|
880 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */
|
|
|
881 #endif
|
|
|
882
|
|
7
|
883 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
884 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
885 break;
|
|
|
886 }
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
889 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 theend:
|
|
|
892 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
893 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
894 #endif
|
|
|
895 return p;
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
898 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
899 /*
|
|
|
900 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
901 */
|
|
|
902 void *
|
|
|
903 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
904 void *ptr;
|
|
|
905 size_t size;
|
|
|
906 {
|
|
|
907 void *p;
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
910 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 return p;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 #endif
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 /*
|
|
|
921 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
922 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
923 */
|
|
|
924 void
|
|
|
925 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
926 long_u size;
|
|
|
927 {
|
|
|
928 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
931 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
932 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
933 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
934 }
|
|
|
935 }
|
|
|
936
|
|
356
|
937 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
359
|
938
|
|
|
939 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
940 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
941 # endif
|
|
|
942
|
|
356
|
943 /*
|
|
|
944 * Free everything that we allocated.
|
|
|
945 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc.
|
|
359
|
946 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be
|
|
|
947 * surprised if Vim crashes...
|
|
|
948 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function.
|
|
356
|
949 */
|
|
|
950 void
|
|
|
951 free_all_mem()
|
|
|
952 {
|
|
|
953 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf;
|
|
359
|
954 static int entered = FALSE;
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
956 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly.
|
|
|
957 * Don't try freeing everything again. */
|
|
|
958 if (entered)
|
|
|
959 return;
|
|
|
960 entered = TRUE;
|
|
356
|
961
|
|
|
962 ++autocmd_block; /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 # if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
965 /* Free all spell info. */
|
|
|
966 spell_free_all();
|
|
|
967 # endif
|
|
|
968
|
|
359
|
969 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS)
|
|
356
|
970 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */
|
|
|
971 ex_comclear(NULL);
|
|
359
|
972 # endif
|
|
356
|
973
|
|
|
974 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
975 /* Clear menus. */
|
|
|
976 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *");
|
|
|
977 # endif
|
|
|
978
|
|
359
|
979 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */
|
|
356
|
980 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear");
|
|
|
981 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!");
|
|
|
982 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear");
|
|
359
|
983 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
984 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *");
|
|
|
985 # endif
|
|
362
|
986 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
|
|
|
987 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
|
|
|
988 # endif
|
|
359
|
989
|
|
|
990 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
991 free_titles();
|
|
|
992 # endif
|
|
|
993 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
994 free_findfile();
|
|
|
995 # endif
|
|
356
|
996
|
|
|
997 /* Obviously named calls. */
|
|
|
998 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
999 free_all_autocmds();
|
|
|
1000 # endif
|
|
|
1001 clear_termcodes();
|
|
359
|
1002 free_all_options();
|
|
|
1003 free_all_marks();
|
|
|
1004 alist_clear(&global_alist);
|
|
|
1005 free_homedir();
|
|
|
1006 free_search_patterns();
|
|
|
1007 free_old_sub();
|
|
|
1008 free_last_insert();
|
|
|
1009 free_prev_shellcmd();
|
|
|
1010 free_regexp_stuff();
|
|
|
1011 free_tag_stuff();
|
|
|
1012 free_cd_dir();
|
|
|
1013 set_expr_line(NULL);
|
|
|
1014 diff_clear();
|
|
|
1015
|
|
|
1016 /* Free some global vars. */
|
|
|
1017 vim_free(username);
|
|
|
1018 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog);
|
|
|
1019 vim_free(last_cmdline);
|
|
|
1020 vim_free(new_last_cmdline);
|
|
362
|
1021 set_keep_msg(NULL);
|
|
359
|
1022 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
356
|
1023
|
|
|
1024 /* Clear cmdline history. */
|
|
|
1025 p_hi = 0;
|
|
|
1026 init_history();
|
|
|
1027
|
|
359
|
1028 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
1029 qf_free_all();
|
|
|
1030 #endif
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 /* Close all script inputs. */
|
|
|
1033 close_all_scripts();
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
1036 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */
|
|
|
1037 win_free_all();
|
|
|
1038 #endif
|
|
|
1039
|
|
356
|
1040 /* Free all buffers. */
|
|
|
1041 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; )
|
|
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 nextbuf = buf->b_next;
|
|
|
1044 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE);
|
|
|
1045 if (buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
1046 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */
|
|
|
1047 else
|
|
|
1048 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
1049 }
|
|
|
1050
|
|
359
|
1051 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1052 free_cmdline_buf();
|
|
356
|
1053 #endif
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 /* Clear registers. */
|
|
|
1056 clear_registers();
|
|
|
1057 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1058 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1059
|
|
359
|
1060 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
|
|
|
1061 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName);
|
|
|
1062 #endif
|
|
|
1063
|
|
356
|
1064 /* highlight info */
|
|
|
1065 free_highlight();
|
|
|
1066
|
|
362
|
1067 reset_last_sourcing();
|
|
|
1068
|
|
356
|
1069 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1070 /* Machine-specific free. */
|
|
|
1071 mch_free_mem();
|
|
|
1072 # endif
|
|
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 /* message history */
|
|
|
1075 for (;;)
|
|
|
1076 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL)
|
|
|
1077 break;
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1080 eval_clear();
|
|
|
1081 # endif
|
|
|
1082
|
|
359
|
1083 free_termoptions();
|
|
|
1084
|
|
356
|
1085 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */
|
|
|
1086 free_screenlines();
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 #if defined(USE_XSMP)
|
|
|
1089 xsmp_close();
|
|
|
1090 #endif
|
|
359
|
1091 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
1092 gui_mch_free_all();
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
356
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 vim_free(IObuff);
|
|
|
1097 vim_free(NameBuff);
|
|
|
1098 }
|
|
|
1099 #endif
|
|
|
1100
|
|
7
|
1101 /*
|
|
|
1102 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
1103 */
|
|
|
1104 char_u *
|
|
|
1105 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
1106 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1107 {
|
|
|
1108 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1109 unsigned len;
|
|
|
1110
|
|
|
1111 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
1112 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
1113 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1114 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1115 return p;
|
|
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 char_u *
|
|
|
1119 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
1120 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1121 int len;
|
|
|
1122 {
|
|
|
1123 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
1125 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
1126 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1127 {
|
|
|
1128 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
1129 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1130 }
|
|
|
1131 return p;
|
|
|
1132 }
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 /*
|
|
|
1135 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
1136 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
1137 */
|
|
|
1138 char_u *
|
|
|
1139 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
1140 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1141 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
1142 {
|
|
16
|
1143 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 /*
|
|
|
1147 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
1148 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
1149 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
1150 */
|
|
|
1151 char_u *
|
|
16
|
1152 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
1153 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1154 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
1155 int cc;
|
|
7
|
1156 int bsl;
|
|
|
1157 {
|
|
|
1158 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1159 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1160 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1161 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1163 int l;
|
|
|
1164 #endif
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 /*
|
|
|
1167 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
1168 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
1169 */
|
|
|
1170 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
1171 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1174 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1175 {
|
|
|
1176 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1177 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1178 continue;
|
|
|
1179 }
|
|
|
1180 #endif
|
|
|
1181 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1182 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1183 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1184 }
|
|
|
1185 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1186 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1189 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1190 {
|
|
|
1191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1192 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1193 {
|
|
|
1194 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1195 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1196 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1197 continue;
|
|
|
1198 }
|
|
|
1199 #endif
|
|
|
1200 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1201 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1202 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1203 }
|
|
|
1204 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1205 }
|
|
|
1206 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1207 }
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 /*
|
|
|
1210 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1211 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1212 */
|
|
|
1213 char_u *
|
|
|
1214 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1215 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1216 {
|
|
|
1217 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1220 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1221 return p1;
|
|
|
1222 }
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 /*
|
|
|
1225 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1226 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1227 */
|
|
|
1228 char_u *
|
|
|
1229 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1230 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1231 int len;
|
|
|
1232 {
|
|
|
1233 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1236 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1237 return p1;
|
|
|
1238 }
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 /*
|
|
|
1241 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1242 */
|
|
|
1243 void
|
|
|
1244 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1245 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1246 {
|
|
|
1247 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1248 int c;
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1253 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1254 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1255 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1256 #else
|
|
|
1257 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1258 #endif
|
|
|
1259 }
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261
|
|
323
|
1262 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1263 /*
|
|
|
1264 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1265 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1266 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1267 */
|
|
|
1268 char_u *
|
|
|
1269 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1270 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1271 {
|
|
|
1272 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1273 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1278 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1279 {
|
|
|
1280 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1281 int l;
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1286 int nl;
|
|
|
1287 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1290 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1293 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
474
|
1294 l = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
323
|
1295 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1296 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1297 {
|
|
|
1298 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1299 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1300 break;
|
|
|
1301 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1302 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1303 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1304 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1305 res = s;
|
|
|
1306 }
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1309 p += nl;
|
|
|
1310 }
|
|
474
|
1311 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
323
|
1312 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1313 else
|
|
|
1314 # endif
|
|
|
1315 {
|
|
|
1316 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1317 p++;
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320
|
|
|
1321 return res;
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323 #endif
|
|
|
1324
|
|
7
|
1325 /*
|
|
|
1326 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1327 */
|
|
|
1328 void
|
|
|
1329 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1330 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1331 size_t count;
|
|
|
1332 {
|
|
|
1333 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1334 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 while (i--)
|
|
|
1337 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1338 }
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1341 /*
|
|
|
1342 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1343 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1344 */
|
|
|
1345 void
|
|
|
1346 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1347 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1348 size_t count;
|
|
|
1349 int c;
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1352 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 while (i--)
|
|
|
1355 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1356 }
|
|
|
1357 #endif
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 /*
|
|
|
1360 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1361 */
|
|
|
1362 void
|
|
|
1363 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1364 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1369 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1370 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
323
|
1374 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
378
|
1375 * "to" must be "len + 1" long!
|
|
7
|
1376 */
|
|
|
1377 void
|
|
|
1378 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1379 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1380 char_u *from;
|
|
418
|
1381 size_t len;
|
|
7
|
1382 {
|
|
323
|
1383 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1384 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1385 }
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 /*
|
|
|
1388 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1389 * "sep_chars".
|
|
459
|
1390 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]".
|
|
7
|
1391 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1392 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1393 */
|
|
|
1394 int
|
|
|
1395 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1396 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1397 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1398 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1399 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1400 {
|
|
|
1401 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1402 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1405 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1406 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1407 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1408 {
|
|
|
1409 /*
|
|
|
1410 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1411 */
|
|
|
1412 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1413 ++p;
|
|
|
1414 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1415 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1416 ++p;
|
|
|
1417 }
|
|
|
1418 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1421 ++p;
|
|
|
1422 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 *option = p;
|
|
|
1425 return len;
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 /*
|
|
|
1429 * replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers
|
|
|
1430 */
|
|
|
1431 void
|
|
|
1432 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1433 void *x;
|
|
|
1434 {
|
|
|
1435 if (x != NULL)
|
|
|
1436 {
|
|
|
1437 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1438 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1439 #endif
|
|
|
1440 free(x);
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442 }
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1445 void *
|
|
|
1446 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1447 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1448 int c;
|
|
|
1449 size_t size;
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1454 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1455 return ptr;
|
|
|
1456 }
|
|
|
1457 #endif
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1460 /*
|
|
|
1461 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1462 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1463 */
|
|
|
1464 int
|
|
|
1465 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1466 void *b1;
|
|
|
1467 void *b2;
|
|
|
1468 size_t len;
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1473 {
|
|
|
1474 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1475 return 1;
|
|
|
1476 ++p1;
|
|
|
1477 ++p2;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 return 0;
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 #endif
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1484 /*
|
|
|
1485 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1486 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 void
|
|
|
1489 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1490 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1491 size_t len;
|
|
|
1492 {
|
|
|
1493 /*
|
|
|
1494 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1495 */
|
|
|
1496 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1499 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1500 {
|
|
|
1501 src += len;
|
|
|
1502 dst += len;
|
|
|
1503 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1504 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1505 }
|
|
|
1506 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1507 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1508 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1509 }
|
|
|
1510 #endif
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1513 /*
|
|
|
1514 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1515 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1516 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1517 */
|
|
|
1518 int
|
|
|
1519 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1520 char *s1;
|
|
|
1521 char *s2;
|
|
|
1522 {
|
|
|
1523 int i;
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 for (;;)
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1528 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1529 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1530 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1531 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1532 ++s1;
|
|
|
1533 ++s2;
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537 #endif
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1540 /*
|
|
|
1541 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1542 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1543 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1544 */
|
|
|
1545 int
|
|
|
1546 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1547 char *s1;
|
|
|
1548 char *s2;
|
|
|
1549 size_t len;
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 int i;
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1554 {
|
|
|
1555 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1556 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1557 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1558 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1559 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1560 ++s1;
|
|
|
1561 ++s2;
|
|
|
1562 --len;
|
|
|
1563 }
|
|
|
1564 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1565 }
|
|
|
1566 #endif
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1569 /*
|
|
|
1570 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1571 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1572 */
|
|
|
1573 char_u *
|
|
|
1574 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1575 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1576 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1579 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1580 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1583 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1584 return p;
|
|
|
1585 return NULL;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 #endif
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 /*
|
|
|
1590 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1591 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1592 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 char_u *
|
|
|
1595 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1596 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1597 int c;
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1600 int b;
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 p = string;
|
|
|
1603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1604 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1605 {
|
|
|
1606 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1607 {
|
|
|
1608 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1609 return p;
|
|
474
|
1610 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612 return NULL;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1619 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1622 return p;
|
|
474
|
1623 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1624 }
|
|
|
1625 return NULL;
|
|
|
1626 }
|
|
|
1627 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1630 {
|
|
|
1631 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1632 return p;
|
|
474
|
1633 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635 return NULL;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637 #endif
|
|
|
1638 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1639 {
|
|
|
1640 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1641 return p;
|
|
|
1642 ++p;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 return NULL;
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
170
|
1648 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1649 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1650 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1651 */
|
|
|
1652 char_u *
|
|
|
1653 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1654 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1655 int c;
|
|
|
1656 {
|
|
|
1657 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1662 return p;
|
|
|
1663 ++p;
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665 return NULL;
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 /*
|
|
7
|
1669 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
500
|
1670 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1671 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 char_u *
|
|
|
1674 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1675 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1676 int c;
|
|
|
1677 {
|
|
|
1678 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1679 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1682 {
|
|
170
|
1683 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1684 retval = p;
|
|
|
1685 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 return retval;
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /*
|
|
|
1691 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1692 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1695 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1696 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1697 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1698 # endif
|
|
|
1699 char_u *
|
|
|
1700 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1701 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1702 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1703 {
|
|
|
1704 while (*s)
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1707 return s;
|
|
39
|
1708 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 return NULL;
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712 # endif
|
|
|
1713 #endif
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 /*
|
|
|
1716 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1717 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 int
|
|
|
1720 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1721 int x;
|
|
|
1722 {
|
|
|
1723 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1727 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1728 */
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 /*
|
|
|
1731 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1732 */
|
|
|
1733 void
|
|
|
1734 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1735 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1736 {
|
|
|
1737 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1738 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /*
|
|
|
1742 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1743 */
|
|
|
1744 void
|
|
|
1745 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1746 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1747 {
|
|
|
1748 int i;
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1751 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1752 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /*
|
|
|
1756 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1757 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1758 */
|
|
|
1759 void
|
|
|
1760 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1761 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1762 {
|
|
|
1763 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1764 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1765 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1766 }
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 void
|
|
|
1769 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1770 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1771 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1772 int growsize;
|
|
|
1773 {
|
|
|
1774 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1775 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1776 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1777 }
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /*
|
|
|
1780 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1781 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1782 */
|
|
|
1783 int
|
|
|
1784 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1785 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1786 int n;
|
|
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 size_t len;
|
|
|
1789 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1790
|
|
41
|
1791 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1794 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1795 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1796 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1797 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1798 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1799 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1800 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1801 {
|
|
|
1802 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1803 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1804 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1805 }
|
|
|
1806 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1807 }
|
|
|
1808 return OK;
|
|
|
1809 }
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 /*
|
|
|
1812 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1813 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1814 */
|
|
|
1815 void
|
|
|
1816 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1817 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1818 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1819 {
|
|
|
1820 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1823 {
|
|
|
1824 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1825 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1826 }
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 /*
|
|
|
1830 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1831 */
|
|
|
1832 void
|
|
|
1833 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1834 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1835 int c;
|
|
|
1836 {
|
|
|
1837 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1840 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1841 }
|
|
|
1842 }
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1845 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1846 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1847 */
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /*
|
|
|
1850 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1851 */
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1856 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1857 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1858 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1861 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1862 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1863 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1864 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
1865 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
1866 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
1867 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
1868 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
1869 #endif
|
|
|
1870 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
1871 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
1872 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
1873 };
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 /*
|
|
|
1876 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
|
1877 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled seperately!
|
|
|
1878 */
|
|
|
1879 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
1884 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
1885 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
1886 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
1887 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
1888 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
1889 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
1890 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
1891 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1892 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1893 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
1894 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
1895 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
1896 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1897 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1898 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
1899 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1900 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1901 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
1902 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
1903 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
1904 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
1905 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
1906 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
1907 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
1908 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
1909 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1910 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1911 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
1912 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
1913 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
1914 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
1915 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
1916 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
1918 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
1919 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
1920 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
1921 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
1922 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
1925 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
1926 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
1927 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
1928 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
1929 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
1930 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
1931 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
1932 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
1933 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
1936 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
1937 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
1938 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
1939 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
1940 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
1941 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
1942 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
1943 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
1944 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
1947 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
1948 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
1949 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
1950 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
1951 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
1952 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
1953 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
1954 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
1955 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
1958 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
1959 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
1960 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
1961 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
1962 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
1963 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
1966 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 NUL
|
|
|
1969 };
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
1972 {
|
|
|
1973 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
1974 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
1975 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
1978 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1979 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
1980 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
1981 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1982 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1983 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1984 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
1985 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1986 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1987 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
1988 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1989 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
1990 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
1991 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
1992 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
1993 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
1994 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
1995 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
1996 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
1997 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
1998 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
1999 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
2000 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
2001 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
2002 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
2003 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
2004 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
2007 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
2008 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
2009 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
2010 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
2011 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
2012 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
2013 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
2014 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
2015 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
2018 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
2019 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
2020 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
2021 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
2022 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
2023 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
2024 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
2025 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
2026 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
2029 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
2030 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
2031 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
2032 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
2033 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
2034 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
2035 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
2036 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
2037 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
2040 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
2041 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
2042 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
2043 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
2044 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
2045 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
2048 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
2049 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
2050 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
2051
|
|
|
2052 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
2053 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
2054 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
2055 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2056 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
2057 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
2058 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
2059 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
2060 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
2061 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
2062 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
2063 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
2064 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
2065 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
2066 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
2067 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
2068 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
2071 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
2072 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
2073 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
2074 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
2075 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
2078 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
2079 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
2080 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
2081 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
2082 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
2083 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
2084 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
2085 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
2086 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
2087
|
|
|
2088 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
2091 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
2092 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
2093 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
2094 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
2095 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
2096 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
2097 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
2098 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
2099 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
2100 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
2101 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
2102 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
2103 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
2104 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
2105 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
2106 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
2107 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
2108 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
2109 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
2110 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
2111 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
2112 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
2113 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
2114 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
2115 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
2116 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2117 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
2118 #endif
|
|
|
2119 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
2120 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
2121 };
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2126 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
2127 {
|
|
|
2128 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
2129 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
2130 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
2131 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
2132 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
2133 {
|
|
|
2134 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2135 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2136 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2137 #endif
|
|
|
2138 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2139 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2140 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2141 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2142 #endif
|
|
|
2143 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2144 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2145 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2146 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2147 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2148 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2149 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2150 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2151 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2152 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2153 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2154 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2155 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
2156 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2157 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
2158 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2159 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
2160 };
|
|
|
2161 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
2165 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 int
|
|
|
2168 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
2169 int c;
|
|
|
2170 {
|
|
|
2171 int i;
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
2174 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
2175 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
2176 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
2177 return 0;
|
|
|
2178 }
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 /*
|
|
|
2181 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2182 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2183 */
|
|
|
2184 int
|
|
|
2185 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2186 int key;
|
|
|
2187 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 int i;
|
|
|
2190 int key0;
|
|
|
2191 int key1;
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2196 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2199 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2200 }
|
|
|
2201 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2202 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2203 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2204 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2205 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2206 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2207 {
|
|
|
2208 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2209 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2210 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213 return key;
|
|
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 /*
|
|
180
|
2217 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2218 */
|
|
|
2219 int
|
|
|
2220 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2221 int key;
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 switch (key)
|
|
|
2224 {
|
|
|
2225 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2226 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2227 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2228 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2229 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2230 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2231 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2232 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2233 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2234 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2235 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2236 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2237 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2238 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2239 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2240 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2241 }
|
|
|
2242 return key;
|
|
|
2243 }
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 /*
|
|
7
|
2246 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2247 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2248 */
|
|
|
2249 char_u *
|
|
|
2250 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2251 int c;
|
|
|
2252 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2253 {
|
|
|
2254 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2257 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2258 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2261 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2264 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2265 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 /*
|
|
|
2268 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2269 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2270 */
|
|
|
2271 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2272 {
|
|
|
2273 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2274 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2275 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2276 {
|
|
|
2277 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2278 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2279 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2280 break;
|
|
|
2281 }
|
|
|
2282 }
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2285 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 /*
|
|
|
2288 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2289 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2290 */
|
|
|
2291 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2293 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2294 #endif
|
|
|
2295 )
|
|
|
2296 {
|
|
|
2297 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2298 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2299 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2300 {
|
|
|
2301 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2302 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2303 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2304 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2309 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2310 #else
|
|
|
2311 c += '@';
|
|
|
2312 #endif
|
|
|
2313 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
|
2315 }
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2318 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2319 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2320 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2321 {
|
|
|
2322 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2323 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2324 }
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2331 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2332 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2333 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2334 }
|
|
|
2335 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2336 else
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2339 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2340 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2341 else
|
|
|
2342 #endif
|
|
|
2343 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2344 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2345 else
|
|
|
2346 {
|
|
|
2347 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2348 while (*s)
|
|
|
2349 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351 }
|
|
|
2352 }
|
|
|
2353 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2354 {
|
|
|
2355 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2356 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2359 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2360 return string;
|
|
|
2361 }
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 /*
|
|
|
2364 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2365 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2366 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2367 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 int
|
|
|
2370 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2371 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2372 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2373 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2374 {
|
|
|
2375 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2376 int key;
|
|
|
2377 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2380 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2381 return 0;
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2384 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2385 {
|
|
|
2386 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2387 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2388 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2394 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2395 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2396 }
|
|
|
2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2398 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2399 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2400 #endif
|
|
|
2401 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2402 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2403 else
|
|
|
2404 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 return dlen;
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 /*
|
|
|
2410 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2411 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2412 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2413 */
|
|
|
2414 int
|
|
|
2415 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2416 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2417 int *modp;
|
|
|
2418 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2421 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2422 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2423 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2424 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2425 int bit;
|
|
|
2426 int key;
|
|
|
2427 long_u n;
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2430 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2431 return 0;
|
|
|
2432
|
|
|
2433 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2434 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2435 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2436 {
|
|
|
2437 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2440 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2441 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
|
2443 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2444 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2445 }
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2450
|
|
|
2451 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2454 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2455 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2456 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2457 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2461 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2462 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2463 {
|
|
|
2464 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2465 {
|
|
|
2466 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2467 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2468 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2469 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 }
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 /*
|
|
|
2474 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2475 */
|
|
|
2476 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2477 {
|
|
|
2478 /*
|
|
|
2479 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2480 */
|
|
|
2481 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2482 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2483 else
|
|
180
|
2484 {
|
|
7
|
2485 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2486 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
7
|
2488
|
|
|
2489 /*
|
|
|
2490 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2491 * special key name.
|
|
|
2492 */
|
|
|
2493 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 /*
|
|
|
2496 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2497 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2502 {
|
|
|
2503 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2504 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2505 key = BS;
|
|
|
2506 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2507 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2508 }
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 /*
|
|
|
2511 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2512 */
|
|
|
2513 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2514 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2517 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2518 return key;
|
|
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520 }
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522 return 0;
|
|
|
2523 }
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 /*
|
|
|
2526 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2527 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2528 */
|
|
|
2529 int
|
|
|
2530 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2531 int key;
|
|
|
2532 int *modp;
|
|
|
2533 {
|
|
|
2534 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2537 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2538 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2539 #endif
|
|
|
2540 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2543 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2546 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2547 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2548 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2549 * ??? */
|
|
|
2550 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2551 != NULL
|
|
|
2552 #else
|
|
|
2553 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2554 #endif
|
|
|
2555 )
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2558 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2559 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2560 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2561 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2562 }
|
|
|
2563 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2564 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2565 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2566 #endif
|
|
|
2567 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2569 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2570 #endif
|
|
|
2571 )
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2574 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2578 return key;
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 /*
|
|
|
2582 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2583 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2584 */
|
|
|
2585 int
|
|
|
2586 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2587 int c;
|
|
|
2588 {
|
|
|
2589 int i;
|
|
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2592 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2593 break;
|
|
|
2594 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2595 i = -1;
|
|
|
2596 return i;
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 /*
|
|
|
2600 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2601 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2602 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2603 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2604 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2605 */
|
|
|
2606 int
|
|
|
2607 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2608 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2611 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2612 int i, j;
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 /*
|
|
|
2615 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2616 */
|
|
|
2617 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2618 {
|
|
|
2619 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2620 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2621 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2622 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2623 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2624 }
|
|
|
2625 else
|
|
|
2626 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2627 {
|
|
|
2628 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2629 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2630 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2631 break;
|
|
|
2632 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2633 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2634 }
|
|
|
2635 return 0;
|
|
|
2636 }
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2639 char_u *
|
|
|
2640 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2641 int i;
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2644 return NULL;
|
|
|
2645 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2646 }
|
|
|
2647 #endif
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2650 /*
|
|
|
2651 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2652 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2653 */
|
|
|
2654 int
|
|
|
2655 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2656 int code;
|
|
|
2657 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2658 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2659 {
|
|
|
2660 int i;
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2663 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2666 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2667 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2668 }
|
|
|
2669 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2670 }
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 /*
|
|
|
2673 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2674 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2675 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 int
|
|
|
2678 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2679 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2680 int is_click;
|
|
|
2681 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 int i;
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2686 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2687 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2688 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2689 {
|
|
|
2690 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2691 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2692 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2693 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2694 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2695 {
|
|
263
|
2696 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2697 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2698 else
|
|
|
2699 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2700 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2701 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2702 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2703 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705 #endif
|
|
|
2706 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2707 }
|
|
|
2708 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recongnized, ignore it */
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
|
2710 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 /*
|
|
|
2713 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2714 */
|
|
|
2715 int
|
|
|
2716 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2717 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2718 {
|
|
|
2719 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2720
|
|
|
2721 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2722 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2723 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2724 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2725 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2726 }
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 /*
|
|
|
2729 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2730 * argument.
|
|
|
2731 */
|
|
|
2732 int
|
|
|
2733 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2734 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2735 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2736 {
|
|
|
2737 int c;
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2740 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2741 else
|
|
|
2742 {
|
|
|
2743 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2744 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2745 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2746 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2747 }
|
|
|
2748 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2749 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2750 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2751 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2752 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2753 }
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 /*
|
|
|
2756 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2757 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2758 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2759 */
|
|
|
2760 void
|
|
|
2761 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2762 int t;
|
|
|
2763 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 switch (t)
|
|
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2770 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2771 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2772 break;
|
|
|
2773 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2774 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2775 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2776 break;
|
|
|
2777 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2778 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2779 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2780 break;
|
|
|
2781 }
|
|
|
2782 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2783 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
|
2784 OPT_FREE | opt_flags);
|
|
|
2785 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2786 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2787 #endif
|
|
|
2788 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2789 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2790 #endif
|
|
|
2791 }
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 /*
|
|
|
2794 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2795 */
|
|
|
2796 int
|
|
|
2797 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2802 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2803 }
|
|
|
2804 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2805 }
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 /*
|
|
|
2808 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2809 */
|
|
|
2810 int
|
|
|
2811 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2812 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2813 int opt;
|
|
|
2814 {
|
|
|
2815 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2816 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2817 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2818 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2819 #endif
|
|
7
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2822 {
|
|
293
|
2823 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2824 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2825 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2826 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2827 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2828 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2829 }
|
|
|
2830
|
|
170
|
2831 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2832 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2833 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2834 #endif
|
|
|
2835
|
|
7
|
2836 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2837 {
|
|
|
2838 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2839 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2840 }
|
|
|
2841 else
|
|
|
2842 {
|
|
|
2843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2844 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2845 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2846 #endif
|
|
|
2847 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2848 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2849 #endif
|
|
|
2850 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2851 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2852
|
|
|
2853 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2854 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2855 else
|
|
|
2856 {
|
|
|
2857 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2858 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2859 {
|
|
|
2860 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2861 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
2862 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2863 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
2864 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 else
|
|
|
2867 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2868 }
|
|
|
2869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2870 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2871 #endif
|
|
|
2872 /*
|
|
|
2873 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
2874 * external command.
|
|
|
2875 */
|
|
|
2876 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2880 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
2881 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2882 if (do_profiling)
|
|
|
2883 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2884 # endif
|
|
7
|
2885 #endif
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 return retval;
|
|
|
2888 }
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 /*
|
|
|
2891 * VISUAL and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to NORMAL State
|
|
|
2892 * with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
|
2893 */
|
|
|
2894 int
|
|
|
2895 get_real_state()
|
|
|
2896 {
|
|
|
2897 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
2900 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
2901 return VISUAL;
|
|
|
2902 else
|
|
|
2903 #endif
|
|
|
2904 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
2905 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
|
2906 }
|
|
|
2907 return State;
|
|
|
2908 }
|
|
|
2909
|
|
39
|
2910 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2911 /*
|
|
|
2912 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
2913 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2914 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
2915 */
|
|
|
2916 int
|
|
|
2917 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
2918 char_u *b;
|
|
|
2919 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2920 {
|
|
|
2921 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
2922 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
2923 }
|
|
|
2924 #endif
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 /*
|
|
|
2927 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
2928 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
2929 */
|
|
|
2930 int
|
|
|
2931 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
2932 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
2933 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2936 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
2937 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 /* safety check */
|
|
|
2940 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
2941 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
2944 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
2945 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
2946 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
2947 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
2948 }
|
|
|
2949
|
|
7
|
2950 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
574
|
2951 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \
|
|
11
|
2952 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
2953 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
2954 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2955 /*
|
|
|
2956 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
2957 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
2958 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2959 */
|
|
|
2960 int
|
|
|
2961 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
2962 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
39
|
2964 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2965
|
|
418
|
2966 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
39
|
2967 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
2968 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2969 }
|
|
|
2970 #endif
|
|
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2973 /*
|
|
|
2974 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
2975 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
2976 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
2977 */
|
|
|
2978 int
|
|
|
2979 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
2980 char *name;
|
|
|
2981 {
|
|
|
2982 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
2983 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
2984 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
2985 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
2986 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
2987 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
2988 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2989 }
|
|
|
2990 #endif
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 /*
|
|
|
2995 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
2996 */
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
2999 {
|
|
|
3000 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3001 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
3002 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
3003 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3004 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3005 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3006 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3007 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3008 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3009 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3010 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3011 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3012 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3013 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3014 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3015 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3016 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3017 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3018 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3019 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
3020 };
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3023 /*
|
|
|
3024 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
3025 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
3026 */
|
|
|
3027 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
3028 {
|
|
|
3029 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
3030 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
3031 "beam",
|
|
|
3032 "updown",
|
|
|
3033 "udsizing",
|
|
|
3034 "leftright",
|
|
|
3035 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
3036 "busy",
|
|
|
3037 "no",
|
|
|
3038 "crosshair",
|
|
|
3039 "hand1",
|
|
|
3040 "hand2",
|
|
|
3041 "pencil",
|
|
|
3042 "question",
|
|
|
3043 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
3044 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
3045 NULL
|
|
|
3046 };
|
|
|
3047 #endif
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3051 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
3052 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 char_u *
|
|
|
3055 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
3056 int what;
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
3059 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
3060 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
3061 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
3062 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
3063 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
3064 int all_idx;
|
|
|
3065 int len;
|
|
|
3066 int i;
|
|
|
3067 long n;
|
|
|
3068 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
3069 int round;
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 /*
|
|
|
3072 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
3073 */
|
|
|
3074 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 /*
|
|
|
3077 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
3078 */
|
|
|
3079 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3080 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3081 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
3082 else
|
|
|
3083 #endif
|
|
|
3084 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
3085 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
3088 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
3089 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
3090 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
3091 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3092 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 /*
|
|
|
3095 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
3096 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
3097 */
|
|
|
3098 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
3099 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3100 {
|
|
|
3101 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3102 {
|
|
|
3103 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
3104 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3105 len = 1;
|
|
|
3106 else
|
|
|
3107 len = 2;
|
|
|
3108 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
3109 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
3110 else
|
|
|
3111 {
|
|
|
3112 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
3113 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
3114 == 0)
|
|
|
3115 break;
|
|
|
3116 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
3117 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
3118 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3119 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
3120 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
3121 }
|
|
|
3122 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
3123 }
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3126 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
3127 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3130 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3131 {
|
|
|
3132 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3133 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135 else
|
|
|
3136 #endif
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3139 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3140 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
3141 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
3142 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
3143 }
|
|
|
3144 }
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
3147 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
3148 {
|
|
|
3149 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3150 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3151 {
|
|
|
3152 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
3153 {
|
|
|
3154 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3157 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
3158 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3159 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
3160 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
3161 else
|
|
|
3162 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3163 break;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
3166 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3169 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
3170 p += len;
|
|
|
3171 break;
|
|
|
3172 }
|
|
|
3173 }
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3176 #endif
|
|
|
3177 {
|
|
|
3178 /*
|
|
|
3179 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3180 */
|
|
|
3181 i = *p;
|
|
|
3182 len = 0;
|
|
|
3183 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3184 len = 3;
|
|
|
3185 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3186 len = 3;
|
|
|
3187 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3188 len = 9;
|
|
|
3189 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3190 len = 7;
|
|
|
3191 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3192 len = 8;
|
|
|
3193 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3194 {
|
|
|
3195 p += len;
|
|
|
3196 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3197 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3198 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3199 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3200 {
|
|
|
3201 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3202 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3203 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3204 {
|
|
|
3205 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3206 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3207 else
|
|
|
3208 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3209 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
|
3212 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3213 {
|
|
|
3214 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3215 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3216 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3217 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3218 else
|
|
|
3219 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3220 }
|
|
|
3221 }
|
|
|
3222 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3223 {
|
|
|
3224 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3225 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3226 p += 5;
|
|
|
3227 }
|
|
|
3228 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3231 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3232 {
|
|
|
3233 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3234 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3235 }
|
|
|
3236 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3237 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3238 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3239 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3240 {
|
|
|
3241 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3242 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3243 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3248 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3249 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3250 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3251 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3252 }
|
|
|
3253 p = endp;
|
|
|
3254 }
|
|
|
3255 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3256
|
|
|
3257 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3258 ++p;
|
|
|
3259 }
|
|
|
3260 }
|
|
|
3261 modep = p;
|
|
|
3262 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3263 ++modep;
|
|
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3268 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3269 {
|
|
|
3270 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3271 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3272 {
|
|
|
3273 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275 else
|
|
|
3276 #endif
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
|
3278 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3279 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3280 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3281 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3282 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3283 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3284 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3285 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3286 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3287 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3288 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3289 }
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 return NULL;
|
|
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294
|
|
500
|
3295 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
|
|
|
3296 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3297 /*
|
|
|
3298 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3299 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3300 */
|
|
|
3301 int
|
|
|
3302 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3303 int mouse;
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3306 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3309 int x, y;
|
|
|
3310 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3311 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3312 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3313 # endif
|
|
|
3314 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3317 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3318 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3319 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3320 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3321 # endif
|
|
|
3322 #endif
|
|
|
3323 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3324 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3325 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3326 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3327 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3328 #endif
|
|
|
3329 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3330 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3331 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3332 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3333 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
|
3335 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3336 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3337 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3338 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3339 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3342 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3343 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3344 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3347 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3348 else
|
|
|
3349 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3350 }
|
|
|
3351 #endif
|
|
|
3352 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
500
|
3354 #endif
|
|
7
|
3355
|
|
|
3356 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3357 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 /*
|
|
|
3360 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3361 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3362 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3363 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3364 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3365 */
|
|
|
3366 void
|
|
|
3367 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3368 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
|
3370 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3373 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3374 return;
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3377 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3378 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
|
3380 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3381 return;
|
|
|
3382 }
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3385 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3386 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3387 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3388 return;
|
|
|
3389 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3390 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3391 else
|
|
|
3392 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3393 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3396 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3397 }
|
|
|
3398 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3399 }
|
|
|
3400 # endif
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404
|
|
|
3405 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3406 /*
|
|
|
3407 * Optional encryption suypport.
|
|
|
3408 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3409 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3410 *
|
|
|
3411 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3412 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3413 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3414 */
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3419 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3422
|
|
297
|
3423 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3424
|
|
|
3425 /*
|
|
|
3426 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3427 */
|
|
|
3428 static void
|
|
|
3429 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3430 {
|
|
|
3431 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3432 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 if (done)
|
|
|
3435 return;
|
|
|
3436 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 v = t;
|
|
|
3439 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3440 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3441 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448
|
|
|
3449 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 /*
|
|
|
3452 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3453 */
|
|
|
3454 int
|
|
|
3455 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3456 {
|
|
|
3457 ush temp;
|
|
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3460 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3461 }
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 /*
|
|
|
3464 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3465 */
|
|
|
3466 int
|
|
|
3467 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3468 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3471 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3472 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3473 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3474 return c;
|
|
|
3475 }
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 /*
|
|
|
3478 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3479 * the given password.
|
|
|
3480 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3481 */
|
|
|
3482 void
|
|
|
3483 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3484 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3485 {
|
|
|
3486 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3487 {
|
|
|
3488 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3489 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3490 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3491 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3492 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3493 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495 }
|
|
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 /*
|
|
|
3498 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3499 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3500 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3501 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3502 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3503 */
|
|
|
3504 char_u *
|
|
|
3505 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3506 int store;
|
|
|
3507 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3510 int round;
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3515 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3516 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3517 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
531
|
3518 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING,
|
|
|
3519 NULL);
|
|
7
|
3520 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3521
|
|
|
3522 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3523 break;
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3528 {
|
|
|
3529 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3530 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3531 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3532 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3533 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3534 continue;
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
|
3536 if (store)
|
|
|
3537 {
|
|
|
3538 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3539 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3540 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3541 }
|
|
|
3542 break;
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
|
3544 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3548 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3549 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3552 return p1;
|
|
|
3553 }
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3558 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3559 /*
|
|
|
3560 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3561 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3562 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3563 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3564 * context
|
|
|
3565 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3566 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3567 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3568 *
|
|
|
3569 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3570 *
|
|
|
3571 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3572 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3573 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3574 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3575 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3576 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3577 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3578 *
|
|
|
3579 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3580 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3581 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3582 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3583 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3584 *
|
|
|
3585 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3586 *
|
|
|
3587 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3588 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3589 *
|
|
|
3590 *
|
|
|
3591 *
|
|
|
3592 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3593 * ==========
|
|
|
3594 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions ARE NOT
|
|
|
3595 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3596 *
|
|
|
3597 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3598 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3599 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3600 * functions.
|
|
|
3601 */
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 /*
|
|
|
3604 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3605 */
|
|
|
3606 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3607 {
|
|
|
3608 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3611 * of the search path
|
|
|
3612 */
|
|
|
3613 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3614 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3615 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3616 #endif
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3619 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3620 */
|
|
|
3621 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3622 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3623 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3626 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3627 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3628 */
|
|
|
3629 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3632 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3633 */
|
|
|
3634 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3635
|
|
|
3636 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3637 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3638 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 /*
|
|
|
3641 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3642 */
|
|
|
3643 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3644 {
|
|
|
3645 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3646
|
|
|
3647 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3648 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3649 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3650 */
|
|
|
3651 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3652 #endif
|
|
|
3653 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3654 * use filename.
|
|
|
3655 */
|
|
|
3656 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3657 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3658 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3659 #endif
|
|
|
3660 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3661 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3662 */
|
|
|
3663 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3664 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 /*
|
|
|
3667 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
|
3668 * This is expecially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
|
3669 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3670 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3671 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3672 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3673 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3674 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3675 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3676 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3677 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3678 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3679 */
|
|
|
3680 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3681 {
|
|
|
3682 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3685 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 /*
|
|
|
3693 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
|
3694 * Set the default maximium depth.
|
|
|
3695 */
|
|
|
3696 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3697 /*
|
|
|
3698 * The search context:
|
|
|
3699 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3700 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3701 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3702 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3703 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3704 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3705 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3706 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3707 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3708 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3709 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3710 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3711 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3712 */
|
|
|
3713 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3714 {
|
|
|
3715 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3716 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3717 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3718 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3719 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3720 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3721 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3722 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3723 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3724 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3725 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3726 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3727 #endif
|
|
|
3728 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
359
|
3729 } ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3730
|
|
7
|
3731 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3732
|
|
|
3733 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3734 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3735 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3736 #else
|
|
|
3737 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3738 #endif
|
|
|
3739 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3740 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3741 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3742 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3743 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3744 #endif
|
|
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3747 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3748 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3749 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3750 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3751 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3752 #else
|
|
|
3753 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3754 #endif
|
|
|
3755 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3756 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3757 #endif
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 #if 0
|
|
|
3760 /*
|
|
|
3761 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3762 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3763 */
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 char_u *
|
|
|
3768 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3769 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3770 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3771 int level;
|
|
|
3772 {
|
|
|
3773 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3774 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3775 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3776 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3777 return NULL;
|
|
|
3778 else
|
|
|
3779 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3780 }
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 char_u *
|
|
|
3783 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3788 {
|
|
|
3789 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3790 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3791 }
|
|
|
3792 return ret;
|
|
|
3793 }
|
|
|
3794 #endif
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 /*
|
|
|
3797 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3798 *
|
|
|
3799 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3800 *
|
|
|
3801 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3802 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3803 *
|
|
|
3804 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3805 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3806 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3807 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3808 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3809 *
|
|
|
3810 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3811 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3812 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3813 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3814 *
|
|
|
3815 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3816 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3817 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3818 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3819 *
|
|
|
3820 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3821 *
|
|
|
3822 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3823 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3824 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3825 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3826 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3827 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3828 *
|
|
|
3829 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3830 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3831 *
|
|
|
3832 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3833 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3834 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3835 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3836 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3837 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3838 *
|
|
|
3839 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3840 * NULL.
|
|
|
3841 *
|
|
|
3842 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3843 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3846 void *
|
|
|
3847 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3848 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3849 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3850 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3851 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
3852 int level;
|
|
|
3853 int free_visited;
|
|
|
3854 int need_dir;
|
|
|
3855 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
3856 int tagfile;
|
|
|
3857 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3860 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
3861 #endif
|
|
|
3862 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
3863
|
|
|
3864 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
3865 * new one.
|
|
|
3866 */
|
|
|
3867 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
3868 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
3869 else
|
|
|
3870 {
|
|
|
3871 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
3872 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3873 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
3874 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3875 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3876 }
|
|
|
3877
|
|
|
3878 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
3879 ff_clear();
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
3882 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
3883 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
3884 else
|
|
|
3885 {
|
|
|
3886 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
3887 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
3888 * one.
|
|
|
3889 */
|
|
|
3890 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3891 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3892 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3893 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3894 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3895 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3896 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3897 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3903 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3904 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3905 }
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
3908 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
3909 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
3910 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
3911 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
3912 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3917 {
|
|
|
3918 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
418
|
3919 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
7
|
3920 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
3921 FALSE);
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923 else
|
|
|
3924 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
3925 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3926 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3927 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
3928 ++path;
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3933 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
3934 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
3938 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
3939 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
3940 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3941 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3942 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3943 path += 2;
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
|
3945 else
|
|
|
3946 #endif
|
|
|
3947 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3948 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3951 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3952 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3955 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
3956 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
3957 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
3958 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
3959 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3960 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3961 #endif
|
|
|
3962 }
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3965 /*
|
|
|
3966 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
3967 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
3968 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
3969 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
3970 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
3971 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
3972 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
|
3974 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
3975 {
|
|
|
3976 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
3977 int dircount;
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
3980 walker++;
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
3983 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
3984 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
3987 {
|
|
|
3988 do
|
|
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
3991 void *ptr;
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
3993 helper = walker;
|
|
|
3994 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
3995 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3996 if (ptr)
|
|
|
3997 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
3998 else
|
|
|
3999 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
4000 break;
|
|
|
4001 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
4002 if (walker)
|
|
|
4003 {
|
|
|
4004 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4005 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
4006 walker++;
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 else
|
|
|
4009 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
4010 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
4011 */
|
|
|
4012 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4013 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 dircount++;
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
4018 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4019 }
|
|
|
4020 }
|
|
|
4021 #endif
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4024 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
4025
|
|
|
4026 /* split into:
|
|
|
4027 * -fix path
|
|
|
4028 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
4029 */
|
|
|
4030 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
4031 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
4032 {
|
|
|
4033 int llevel;
|
|
|
4034 int len;
|
|
29
|
4035 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
4036
|
|
|
4037 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
4038 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
4039 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 /*
|
|
|
4042 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
|
4043 * The octett after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
|
4044 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
4045 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
4046 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
4047 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
4048 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
4049 * string.
|
|
|
4050 */
|
|
|
4051 len = 0;
|
|
|
4052 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
4053 {
|
|
|
4054 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4055 {
|
|
|
4056 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4057 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4058
|
|
29
|
4059 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
4060 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
4061 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
4062 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
4063 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
4064 len -= 2;
|
|
|
4065 else
|
|
|
4066 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
4067 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
461
|
4068 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part))
|
|
7
|
4069 {
|
|
|
4070 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4071 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 else
|
|
|
4075 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
359
|
4078 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
7
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
4081 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4082 }
|
|
|
4083 else
|
|
|
4084 #endif
|
|
|
4085 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4088 {
|
|
|
4089 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
4090 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
4091 */
|
|
|
4092 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4093 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4094 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4095 }
|
|
|
4096
|
|
|
4097 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
4098 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4099 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4100 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4101 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4104 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4105 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
4106 #endif
|
|
|
4107 level, 0);
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4110 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4111
|
|
|
4112 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4115 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
4116 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 error_return:
|
|
|
4121 /*
|
|
|
4122 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
4123 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
4124 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
4125 */
|
|
|
4126 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4127 return NULL;
|
|
|
4128 }
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4131 /*
|
|
|
4132 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
4133 */
|
|
|
4134 char_u *
|
|
|
4135 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
4136 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4137 {
|
|
|
4138 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
4141 {
|
|
|
4142 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
4143 {
|
|
|
4144 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
4145 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
4146 */
|
|
|
4147 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
4148 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4149 }
|
|
|
4150 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
4155 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4158 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4159 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
4160 }
|
|
|
4161 #endif
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
4164 void
|
|
|
4165 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
4166 void *ctx;
|
|
|
4167 {
|
|
359
|
4168 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4169 return;
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
4174 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4175 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4176 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4177 }
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 /*
|
|
|
4180 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4181 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4182 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4183 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4184 *
|
|
20
|
4185 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4186 *
|
|
|
4187 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4188 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4189 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4190 */
|
|
|
4191 char_u *
|
|
|
4192 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4193 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4196 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4197 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4198 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4199 #endif
|
|
|
4200 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4201 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4202 int len;
|
|
|
4203 #endif
|
|
|
4204 int i;
|
|
|
4205 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4206 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4207 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4208 #endif
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4211 return NULL;
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 /*
|
|
|
4216 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4217 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4218 */
|
|
|
4219 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4220 return NULL;
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4223 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4224 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4225 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4226 #endif
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4229 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4230 for (;;)
|
|
|
4231 {
|
|
|
4232 #endif
|
|
|
4233 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4234 for (;;)
|
|
|
4235 {
|
|
|
4236 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4237 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4238 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4239 break;
|
|
|
4240
|
|
|
4241 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4242 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4243 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4244 break;
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 /*
|
|
|
4247 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4248 *
|
|
|
4249 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4250 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4251 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4252 *
|
|
|
4253 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4254 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4255 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4256 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4257 *
|
|
|
4258 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4259 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4260 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4261 *
|
|
|
4262 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4263 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4264 */
|
|
|
4265 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4266 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4267 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4268 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4269 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4270 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4271 #endif
|
|
|
4272 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4275 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
293
|
4277 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4278 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4279 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4280 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4281 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4282 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4283 }
|
|
|
4284 #endif
|
|
|
4285 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4286 continue;
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4289 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4290 {
|
|
293
|
4291 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4292 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4293 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4294 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4295 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4296 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298 #endif
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4301 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4304 continue;
|
|
|
4305 }
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 /*
|
|
|
4310 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4311 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4312 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4313 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4314 */
|
|
|
4315 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
|
4317 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4320 * expand.
|
|
|
4321 */
|
|
|
4322 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4323 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4326 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4327 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4328 {
|
|
|
4329 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4330 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4334 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4335 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4338 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4339 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4342 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4345 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4346 */
|
|
|
4347 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4352 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4353 }
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4356 {
|
|
|
4357 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4358 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4359 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4360 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4361 }
|
|
|
4362 else
|
|
|
4363 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4366 {
|
|
|
4367 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4368 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4369 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 /*
|
|
|
4374 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4375 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
|
4376 * still somthing else left. This is handled below by
|
|
|
4377 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4378 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4379 */
|
|
|
4380 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4381 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4382 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4385 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4386 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388 #endif
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 /*
|
|
|
4391 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4392 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4393 */
|
|
|
4394 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4395 {
|
|
|
4396 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4397 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4398 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4399 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4400 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4401 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4402 else
|
|
|
4403 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4404 }
|
|
|
4405 else
|
|
|
4406 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4407 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4408 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4409 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4412 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4413 }
|
|
|
4414 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4415 else
|
|
|
4416 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4417 #endif
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4420 {
|
|
|
4421 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4422 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4423 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4424 #endif
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 /*
|
|
|
4427 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4428 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4429 */
|
|
|
4430 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4431 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4432 {
|
|
|
4433 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4434 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4435 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4438 * below */
|
|
|
4439 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4440 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4441 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 /*
|
|
|
4444 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4445 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4446 */
|
|
|
4447 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4448 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4449 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4450 for (;;)
|
|
|
4451 #endif
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4454 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4455 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4456 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4457 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4458 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4459 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4460 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4461 file_path
|
|
|
4462 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4463 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4464 #endif
|
|
|
4465 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4466 #endif
|
|
|
4467 )
|
|
|
4468 {
|
|
|
4469 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4470 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4471 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4472 file_path
|
|
|
4473 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4474 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4475 #endif
|
|
|
4476 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4479 {
|
|
293
|
4480 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4481 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4482 file_path);
|
|
|
4483 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4484 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4485 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487 continue;
|
|
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489 #endif
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4492 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4493 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4496 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4497 == OK)
|
|
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4500 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4501 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4502 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4503 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4506 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4507 {
|
|
293
|
4508 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4509 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4510 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4511 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4512 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4513 }
|
|
|
4514 #endif
|
|
|
4515 return file_path;
|
|
|
4516 }
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4519 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4520 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4521 break;
|
|
|
4522 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4523 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4524 #endif
|
|
|
4525 }
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 }
|
|
|
4528 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4529 else
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 /*
|
|
|
4532 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4533 * search
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
359
|
4535 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4536 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4537 {
|
|
|
4538 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4539 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4542 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544 }
|
|
|
4545 #endif
|
|
|
4546 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4547 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4548 }
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4551 /*
|
|
|
4552 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4553 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4554 */
|
|
|
4555 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4556 {
|
|
359
|
4557 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4558 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4559 {
|
|
|
4560 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4561 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4562 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4563 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4564 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4565 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567 }
|
|
|
4568 #endif
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4571 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4572
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4576 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4577 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4578 */
|
|
|
4579 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4580 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4583
|
|
|
4584 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4585 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4586 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4587 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4588 break;
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4591 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4592 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end))
|
|
7
|
4593 path_end--;
|
|
|
4594 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4595 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1]))
|
|
7
|
4596 path_end--;
|
|
|
4597 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4598 path_end--;
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4601 break;
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4604 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4605 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4608 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4609 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4610 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4611 break;
|
|
|
4612 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614 else
|
|
|
4615 break;
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617 #endif
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4620 return NULL;
|
|
|
4621 }
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /*
|
|
|
4624 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4625 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4626 */
|
|
|
4627 void
|
|
|
4628 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4629 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4632 return;
|
|
|
4633
|
|
|
4634 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4637 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 static void
|
|
|
4641 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4642 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
|
4644 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4649 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4652 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4653 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4654 }
|
|
|
4655 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4656 }
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 static void
|
|
|
4659 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4660 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4661 {
|
|
|
4662 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4665 {
|
|
|
4666 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4667 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4668 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4669 #endif
|
|
|
4670 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4671 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4672 }
|
|
|
4673 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675
|
|
|
4676 /*
|
|
|
4677 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4678 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4679 */
|
|
|
4680 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4681 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4682 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4683 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4684 {
|
|
|
4685 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4688 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4691 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4692 {
|
|
|
4693 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4696 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4697 {
|
|
293
|
4698 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4699 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4700 filename);
|
|
|
4701 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4702 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4703 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4704 }
|
|
|
4705 #endif
|
|
|
4706 return retptr;
|
|
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4709 }
|
|
|
4710 }
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4713 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
293
|
4715 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4716 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4717 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4718 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4719 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4720 }
|
|
|
4721 #endif
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 /*
|
|
|
4724 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4725 */
|
|
|
4726 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4727 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4728 return NULL;
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4731 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4732 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4735 return NULL;
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4738 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 return retptr;
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4744 /*
|
|
|
4745 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4746 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4747 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4748 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4749 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4750 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4751 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4752 */
|
|
|
4753 static int
|
|
|
4754 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4755 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4756 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 int i;
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4761 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4764 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4767 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4772 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4773 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4774 #endif
|
|
|
4775 )
|
|
|
4776 {
|
|
|
4777 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4778 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4779 continue;
|
|
|
4780 else
|
|
|
4781 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4782 else
|
|
|
4783 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788 #endif
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 /*
|
|
|
4791 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4792 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4793 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4794 *
|
|
|
4795 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4796 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4797 * never.
|
|
|
4798 */
|
|
|
4799 static int
|
|
|
4800 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4801 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4802 , wc_path
|
|
|
4803 #endif
|
|
|
4804 )
|
|
|
4805 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4806 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4807 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4808 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4809 #endif
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4812 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4813 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4814 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4815 #endif
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4818 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4819 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
418
|
4821 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
7
|
4822 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4823 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4824 #endif
|
|
|
4825 }
|
|
|
4826 else
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4829 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4830 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4831 #else
|
|
|
4832 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4833 #endif
|
|
|
4834 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4835 }
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4838 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 if (
|
|
|
4841 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4842 !url
|
|
|
4843 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4844 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4845 :
|
|
|
4846 #endif
|
|
|
4847 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4848 )
|
|
|
4849 {
|
|
|
4850 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4851 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
4852 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4853 #endif
|
|
|
4854 /* already visited */
|
|
|
4855 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 }
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 /*
|
|
|
4860 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
4861 */
|
|
|
4862 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
4863 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
|
4867 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4868 if (!url)
|
|
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
4871 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
4872 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4873 }
|
|
|
4874 else
|
|
|
4875 {
|
|
|
4876 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
4877 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
4878 #endif
|
|
|
4879 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4880 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882 #endif
|
|
|
4883 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4884 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
4885 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
4886 else
|
|
|
4887 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4888 #endif
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
4891 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 return OK;
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
|
4896
|
|
|
4897 /*
|
|
|
4898 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
4899 */
|
|
|
4900 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4901 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
4902 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4903 wc_part,
|
|
|
4904 #endif
|
|
|
4905 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
4906 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
4907 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4908 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
4909 #endif
|
|
|
4910 int level;
|
|
|
4911 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
4912 {
|
|
|
4913 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
4916 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
4917 return NULL;
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4920 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
4921 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4922 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4923 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4924 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
4925 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
4928 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4929 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4930 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4933 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4934 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4935 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
4936 #endif
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
4939 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4940 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
4941 #endif
|
|
|
4942 )
|
|
|
4943 {
|
|
|
4944 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
4945 new = NULL;
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 return new;
|
|
|
4949 }
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 /*
|
|
|
4952 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
4953 */
|
|
|
4954 static void
|
|
|
4955 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
4956 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4957 {
|
|
|
4958 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
359
|
4959 * to prevent a crash */
|
|
7
|
4960 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4961 {
|
|
|
4962 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4963 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
4964 }
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 /*
|
|
|
4968 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
4969 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
4970 */
|
|
|
4971 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4972 ff_pop()
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4977 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4978 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 return sptr;
|
|
|
4981 }
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 /*
|
|
|
4984 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
4985 */
|
|
|
4986 static void
|
|
|
4987 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
4988 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4989 {
|
|
|
4990 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
4991 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4992 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4993 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4994 #endif
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
4997 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
5000 }
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
|
5003 * clear the search context
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 static void
|
|
|
5006 ff_clear()
|
|
|
5007 {
|
|
|
5008 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
5011 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5012 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
5015 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
5016 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
5017 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5018 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
5019 #endif
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5022 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
5023 {
|
|
|
5024 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
5027 {
|
|
|
5028 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
5029 i++;
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
5032 }
|
|
|
5033 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
5034 #endif
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
5037 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
5038 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
5039 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5040 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5041 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5042 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
5043 #endif
|
|
|
5044 }
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
5049 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
5050 */
|
|
|
5051 static int
|
|
|
5052 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
5053 char_u *path;
|
|
|
5054 int path_len;
|
|
|
5055 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
5056 {
|
|
|
5057 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5058
|
|
|
5059 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
461
|
5060 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1]))
|
|
7
|
5061 path_len--;
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
5064 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
5065 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
5070 {
|
|
|
5071 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
5072 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
5073 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
5074 */
|
|
|
5075 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
461
|
5076 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len]))
|
|
7
|
5077 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079 else
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
5082 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5086 }
|
|
|
5087 #endif
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5090 /*
|
|
|
5091 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5092 *
|
|
|
5093 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
5094 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
5095 *
|
|
|
5096 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
5097 *
|
|
|
5098 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
5099 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
5100 *
|
|
|
5101 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
5102 * message:
|
|
|
5103 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
5104 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
5105 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
5106 *
|
|
|
5107 * options:
|
|
|
5108 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5109 *
|
|
|
5110 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5111 *
|
|
|
5112 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5113 *
|
|
|
5114 */
|
|
|
5115 char_u *
|
|
|
5116 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5117 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5118 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5119 int options;
|
|
|
5120 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5121 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
5124 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
|
5125 FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5126 }
|
|
|
5127
|
|
359
|
5128 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
5129 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 #if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
|
5132 static void
|
|
|
5133 free_findfile()
|
|
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5136 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138 #endif
|
|
|
5139
|
|
7
|
5140 /*
|
|
|
5141 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5142 *
|
|
|
5143 * options:
|
|
|
5144 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5145 *
|
|
|
5146 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5147 *
|
|
|
5148 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5149 */
|
|
|
5150 char_u *
|
|
|
5151 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5152 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5153 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5154 int options;
|
|
|
5155 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5156 {
|
|
|
5157 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
|
5158 TRUE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160
|
|
19
|
5161 char_u *
|
|
7
|
5162 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5163 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5164 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5165 int options;
|
|
|
5166 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5167 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
5168 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
5169 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
|
5170 {
|
|
|
5171 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
5172 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5173 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
5174 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5175 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5176 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
5177 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5178 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
5179 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
5182 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
5183 #endif
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5188 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5189 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5190 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5191 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5192
|
|
359
|
5193 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5194 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5195 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5198 goto theend;
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200 }
|
|
|
5201
|
|
359
|
5202 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5203 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5204 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5205 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5206 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5207 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5208 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find)
|
|
7
|
5209 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5210 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5211 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5212 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5213 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0])
|
|
7
|
5214 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
359
|
5215 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
7
|
5216 #endif
|
|
|
5217 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5218 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5219 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
7
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 )
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 /*
|
|
|
5224 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5225 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5226 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5227 */
|
|
|
5228 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 int l;
|
|
|
5231 int run;
|
|
|
5232
|
|
359
|
5233 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find))
|
|
7
|
5234 {
|
|
359
|
5235 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5236 goto theend;
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5240 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5241 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5242 {
|
|
359
|
5243 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5244 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5245 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5246 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5247 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5248 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5249 {
|
|
|
5250 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
359
|
5251 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5252 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5253 }
|
|
|
5254 else
|
|
|
5255 {
|
|
359
|
5256 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5257 run = 2;
|
|
|
5258 }
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5261 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
|
5262 buf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
5263 for (;;)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 if (
|
|
|
5266 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5267 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5268 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5269 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5270 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5271 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5272 #endif
|
|
|
5273 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5274 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5275 {
|
|
|
5276 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5277 goto theend;
|
|
|
5278 }
|
|
|
5279 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5280 break;
|
|
|
5281 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286 else
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 /*
|
|
|
5289 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5290 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5291 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5292 */
|
|
|
5293 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
359
|
5296 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5297 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5298 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 for (;;)
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5304 {
|
|
|
5305 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
359
|
5306 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5307 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5308 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5309 break;
|
|
|
5310
|
|
|
5311 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5312 }
|
|
|
5313 else
|
|
|
5314 {
|
|
|
5315 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5320 * free the search context. */
|
|
359
|
5321 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5322 fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5323 break;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5327 break;
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5330 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5331 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5334 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5335 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5336 #else
|
|
|
5337 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5338 #endif
|
|
359
|
5339 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find,
|
|
|
5340 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
5341 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5342 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
7
|
5343 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5344 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5345 }
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5349 {
|
|
|
5350 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5353 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5354 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5355 else
|
|
|
5356 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
359
|
5357 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359 else
|
|
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5362 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5363 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5364 else
|
|
|
5365 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
359
|
5366 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5367 }
|
|
|
5368 }
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 theend:
|
|
|
5371 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5372 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5373 #endif
|
|
|
5374 return file_name;
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 /*
|
|
|
5380 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5381 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5382 */
|
|
|
5383 int
|
|
|
5384 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5385 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5388 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5389 #else
|
|
|
5390 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5391 int r;
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5394 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5395 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5396 return -1;
|
|
|
5397 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5398 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5399 return r;
|
|
|
5400 #endif
|
|
|
5401 }
|
|
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 /*
|
|
418
|
5404 * Get user name from machine-specific function.
|
|
7
|
5405 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
418
|
5406 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus
|
|
|
5407 * cache the result.
|
|
7
|
5408 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5409 */
|
|
|
5410 int
|
|
|
5411 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5412 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5413 int len;
|
|
|
5414 {
|
|
359
|
5415 if (username == NULL)
|
|
7
|
5416 {
|
|
|
5417 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5418 return FAIL;
|
|
359
|
5419 username = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 else
|
|
418
|
5422 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1);
|
|
7
|
5423 return OK;
|
|
|
5424 }
|
|
|
5425
|
|
|
5426 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5427 /*
|
|
|
5428 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5429 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5430 */
|
|
|
5431 void
|
|
|
5432 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5433 void *base;
|
|
|
5434 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5435 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5436 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5439 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5440 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5441 int i, j;
|
|
|
5442 int gap;
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5445 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5446 return;
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5449 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5450 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5453 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5454 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5455 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5456 break;
|
|
|
5457 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5458 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5459 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5460 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5461 }
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 #endif
|
|
|
5466
|
|
236
|
5467 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) \
|
|
|
5468 || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
5469 /*
|
|
|
5470 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5471 */
|
|
|
5472 static int
|
|
|
5473 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5474 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5475 #endif
|
|
|
5476 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 static int
|
|
|
5479 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5480 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5481 #endif
|
|
|
5482 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5483 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5484 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 void
|
|
|
5490 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5491 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5492 int count;
|
|
|
5493 {
|
|
|
5494 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 #endif
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5499 /*
|
|
|
5500 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5501 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5502 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5503 */
|
|
|
5504 int
|
|
39
|
5505 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5506 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5507 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5508 {
|
|
|
5509 int i;
|
|
41
|
5510 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5511
|
|
39
|
5512 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5515 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5518 return 0;
|
|
|
5519 s = q;
|
|
|
5520 break;
|
|
|
5521 }
|
|
|
5522
|
|
|
5523 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5524 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5525 {
|
|
|
5526 s = p;
|
|
|
5527 break;
|
|
|
5528 }
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 if (
|
|
|
5531 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5532 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5533 #else
|
|
|
5534 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5535 #endif
|
|
|
5536 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5537 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5538 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5539 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5540 #endif
|
|
|
5541 )
|
|
|
5542 {
|
|
|
5543 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5544 return -1;
|
|
|
5545 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5546 return 1;
|
|
|
5547 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5548 }
|
|
|
5549 }
|
|
41
|
5550 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5551 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5554 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5555 && i > 0
|
|
|
5556 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5557 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5558 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5559 #else
|
|
41
|
5560 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5561 #endif
|
|
41
|
5562 )
|
|
7
|
5563 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5564 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5565 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5566 return 1;
|
|
|
5567 }
|
|
|
5568 #endif
|
|
|
5569
|
|
|
5570 /*
|
|
|
5571 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5572 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5573 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5574 */
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
|
5577 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5578 *
|
|
|
5579 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5580 * int i;
|
|
|
5581 * char *string;
|
|
|
5582 *
|
|
|
5583 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5584 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5585 *
|
|
|
5586 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5587 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5588 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5589 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5590 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5591 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5592 *
|
|
|
5593 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5594 */
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5601 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5602 extern
|
|
|
5603 #endif
|
|
|
5604 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5607 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5608 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 int
|
|
|
5611 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5612 const char *string;
|
|
|
5613 {
|
|
|
5614 int i;
|
|
|
5615 char *p;
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5618 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5619 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5620 return -1;
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5626 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5627 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5628 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5629 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5630 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5631 return -1;
|
|
|
5632 }
|
|
|
5633 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5634 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5635 return -1;
|
|
|
5636 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5637 }
|
|
|
5638 else
|
|
|
5639 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5640 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5641 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5642 return -1;
|
|
|
5643 }
|
|
|
5644 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5645 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 return 0;
|
|
|
5648 }
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 static int
|
|
|
5651 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5652 char *name;
|
|
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5655 int i, found;
|
|
|
5656
|
|
|
5657 found = 0;
|
|
|
5658 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5661 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5662 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 namechar++;
|
|
|
5665 envchar++;
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671
|
|
|
5672 static int
|
|
|
5673 newenv()
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5676 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5679 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5680 i = 0;
|
|
|
5681 #else
|
|
|
5682 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5683 ;
|
|
|
5684 #endif
|
|
|
5685 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5686 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5687 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5688 return -1;
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5691 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5692 {
|
|
|
5693 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5694 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5695 return -1;
|
|
|
5696 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5697 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5698 }
|
|
|
5699 #endif
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5702 environ = env;
|
|
|
5703 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5704 return 0;
|
|
|
5705 }
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 static int
|
|
|
5708 moreenv()
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 int esize;
|
|
|
5711 char **env;
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5714 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5715 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5716 return -1;
|
|
|
5717 environ = env;
|
|
|
5718 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5719 return 0;
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5723 char_u *
|
|
|
5724 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5725 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 int i;
|
|
|
5728 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5731 return NULL;
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5736 return NULL;
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5739 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741 # endif
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5746 /*
|
|
|
5747 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5748 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5749 */
|
|
|
5750 int
|
|
|
5751 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5752 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5753 {
|
|
|
5754 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5755 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5756 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5757 #endif
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5760 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5761 #endif
|
|
|
5762 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5763 if (
|
|
|
5764 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5765 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5766 # else
|
|
|
5767 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5768 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5769 # endif
|
|
|
5770 # endif
|
|
|
5771 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5772 )
|
|
|
5773 #endif
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 ++retval;
|
|
|
5776 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5777 ++retval;
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779 return retval;
|
|
|
5780 }
|
|
|
5781 #endif
|
|
332
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 /*
|
|
|
5784 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments.
|
|
|
5785 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5786 */
|
|
|
5787 int
|
|
|
5788 emsg3(s, a1, a2)
|
|
|
5789 char_u *s, *a1, *a2;
|
|
|
5790 {
|
|
|
5791 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
|
5792 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5793 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5794 #endif
|
|
|
5795 )
|
|
|
5796 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5797 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long)a1, (long)a2);
|
|
|
5798 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 /*
|
|
|
5802 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument.
|
|
|
5803 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805 int
|
|
|
5806 emsgn(s, n)
|
|
|
5807 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5808 long n;
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
|
5811 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5812 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5813 #endif
|
|
|
5814 )
|
|
|
5815 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5816 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n);
|
|
|
5817 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819
|
